Author: keichwa Date: 2016-08-04 14:32:03 +0200 (Thu, 04 Aug 2016) New Revision: 96143 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/add-on-creator.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/add-on.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/audit-laf.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/auth-client.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/auth-server.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/autoinst.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/base.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/bootloader.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/ca-management.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/cio.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/cluster.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/control-center.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/control.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/country.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/crowbar.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/dhcp-server.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/dns-server.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/docker.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/drbd.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/fcoe-client.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/firewall-services.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/firewall.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/firstboot.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/fonts.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/ftp-server.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/geo-cluster.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/http-server.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/inetd.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/installation.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/instserver.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/iplb.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/iscsi-client.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/iscsi-lio-server.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/isns.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/journal.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/kdump.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/languages_db.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/ldap-client.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/ldap.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/live-installer.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/mail.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/multipath.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/network.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/nfs.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/nfs_server.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/nis.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/nis_server.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/ntp-client.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/oneclickinstall.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/online-update-configuration.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/online-update.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/opensuse_mirror.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/packager.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/pam.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/pkg-bindings.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/printer.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/product-creator.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/proxy.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/rdp.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/rear.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/registration.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/reipl.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/relocation-server.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/samba-client.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/samba-server.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/samba-users.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/scanner.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/security.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/services-manager.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/slp-server.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/snapper.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/sound.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/squid.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/sshd.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/storage.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/support.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/sysconfig.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/tftp-server.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/timezone_db.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/tune.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/update.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/users.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/vm.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/vpn.tk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/yast2-apparmor.tk.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/add-on-creator.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/add-on-creator.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/add-on-creator.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/add-on.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/add-on.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/add-on.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -67,14 +67,13 @@ msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" msgstr "" -#. set addon specific sig-handling -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 -msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." +#. error report +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185 +msgid "Failed to add add-on product." msgstr "" -#. just report error #: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Failed to add add-on product." +msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." msgstr "" #. placeholder for unknown path Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/audit-laf.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/audit-laf.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/audit-laf.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/auth-client.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/auth-client.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/auth-client.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,1672 +16,1110 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 -msgid "Realm name" +#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46 +msgid "Authentication client configuration module" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 -msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" +#. translators: command line help text for summary action +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56 +msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 -msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" +#. translators: command line help text for summary action +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61 +msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 -msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 -msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 -msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" -msgstr "" - -# official_name for MCO -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Principality of Monaco" -msgid "Principal Name" -msgstr "Monako Knýazlygy" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 -msgid "User Name" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 -msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names" -msgstr "" - -#. Add a KDC -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 -msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" -msgstr "" - -#. Add an auth_to_local -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 -msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" -msgstr "" - -#. Add an auth_to_local_names -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 -msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" -msgstr "" - -#. Save realm settings -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "Please enter realm name." -msgstr "" - -#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 -msgid "Default Location of Keytab File" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 -msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 -msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 -msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 -msgid "Reset" -msgstr "" - -#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 -msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 -msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 -msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 -msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 -msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds" -msgstr "" - -#. the last saved tab -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 -msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 -msgid "Authentication via Kerberos" -msgstr "" - -#. LDAP tab events -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 -msgid "" -"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 -msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 -msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 -msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "Please enter server URI." -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "Please enter DN of search base." -msgstr "" - -#. Test URI input -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 -msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "" -"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 -msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 -msgid "" -"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 -msgid "" -"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" -"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" -"\n" -"Do you still wish to enable the cache?" -msgstr "" - -#. Kerberos tab events -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 -msgid "" -"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." -msgstr "" - -#. Save Kerberos -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 -msgid "(not specified)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 -msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 -msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 -msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 -msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 -msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 -msgid "Groups" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 -msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 -msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 -msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 -msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 -msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 -msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 -msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 -msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 -msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 -msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 -msgid "Secure LDAP communication" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 -msgid "Do Not Use Security" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 -msgid "Secure Communication via TLS" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 -msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 -msgid "Test Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 -msgid "Extended Options" -msgstr "" - -#. If not specified, append the default port number -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 -msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 -msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 -msgid "All Authentication Realms" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 -msgid "Add Realm" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 -msgid "Edit Realm" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 -msgid "Delete Realm" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 -msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 -msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 -msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 -msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 -msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 -msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" -msgstr "" - -#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto -#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 -msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 -msgid "User Logon Management" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 -msgid "Change Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 -msgid "User Logon Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 -msgid "Value" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 -msgid "Computer Name" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 -msgid "Full Computer Name" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "(Name is not resolvable)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Network Domain" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 -msgid "IP Addresses" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "Identity Domains" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "Extended options" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "Name filter:" -msgstr "" - #. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70 msgid "None." msgstr "" #. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105 msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Optional Parameters" msgstr "" #. Check that all mandatory parameters are set -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138 msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" msgstr "" -#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "Global Options" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "Name switch" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "Authentication" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "Sudo" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 -msgid "Auto-Mount" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "SSH Public Keys" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 -msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)" -msgstr "" - #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 -msgid "Manage Domain User Logon" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 -msgid "Daemon Status: " +#. Overview of all config sections +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 -msgid "Running" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 -msgid "Stopped" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 -msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73 +msgid "Sections" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 -msgid "Create Home Directory" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "New Service/Domain" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 -msgid "Enable domain data source:" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77 +msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 -msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 -msgid "Join Domain" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 -msgid "Leave Domain" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Clear Domain Cache" -msgstr "" - -#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 -msgid "Service Options" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 -msgid "Domain Options" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 -msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise." -msgstr "" - -#. Additional widgets for a domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 -msgid "Use this domain" -msgstr "" - -#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 -msgid "Enroll to Active Directory" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. #. %s is the name of the section being customised. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 -msgid "Options - %s" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" -#. Delete the chosen domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 -msgid "Please select a domain among the list." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 +msgid "Name" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 -msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Value" msgstr "" -#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 -msgid "" -"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 +msgid "Description" msgstr "" -#. Enable/disable NSS password database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 -msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 +msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "" -#. Enable/disable NSS group database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 -msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 +msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "" -#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 +#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" +"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" +"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" +"Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" -"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." +"Your system is configured as OES client.\n" +"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" +"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n" +"Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#. Enable/disable NSS automount database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 -msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 -msgid "" -"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 +msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "" -#. Enable/disable PAC responder -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 -msgid "" -"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" -"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." -msgstr "" - #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" -"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" +"Do you still wish to continue?" msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 -msgid "No domain" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 +msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" -"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" -"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" +"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" -#. Remove all SSSD cache files -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 -msgid "All cached data have been erased." +#. user must correct the mistake +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 +msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr "" -#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified -#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" +#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" msgstr "" -# name for SUR -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Suriname" -msgid "Username" -msgstr "Surinam" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "Password" +#. New service +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 -msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Domain" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 -msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61 +msgid "Domain name (example.com):" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 -msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64 +msgid "Identification provider:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 -msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Authentication provider:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 -msgid "(DNS error)" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Activate Domain" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 -msgid "" -"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" -"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." +#. Create new service +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105 +msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 -msgid "Already enrolled" +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 -msgid "Not yet enrolled" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126 +msgid "The domain name is already in-use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 -msgid "Active Directory enrollment" +#. Define Global Parameters +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108 +msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 -msgid "Current status" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 +msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 -msgid "Gathering status..." -msgstr "" - -#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 -msgid "Please enter both username and password." -msgstr "" - -#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 -msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 msgid "" -"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" -"Command output:\n" +"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" msgstr "" -#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 -msgid "" -"The enrollment process failed.\n" -"\n" -"Command output:\n" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "" -#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 +msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 -msgid "Local SSSD file database" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 +msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 -msgid "Microsoft Active Directory" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 +msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 -msgid "FreeIPA" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 -msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 +msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 -msgid "Generic Kerberos service" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 +msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 -msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." msgstr "" -#. New domain and provider types -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 -msgid "Domain name (such as example.com):" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 +msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 -msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 -msgid "Enable the domain" -msgstr "" - -#. Create new domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 -msgid "Please enter the domain name." -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 -msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 -msgid "The domain name is already in-use." -msgstr "" - -#. Define Global Parameters -#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 -msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 -msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 -msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 -msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" -msgstr "" - #. Define Global Services Parameters -#. NSS configuration options -#. PAM configuration options -#. SUDO configuration options -#. AUTOFS configuration options -#. SSH configuration options -#. DOMAIN SECTIONS -#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 -msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 +msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 -msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169 +msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 -msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 +msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 -msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 +msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 -msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 +msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 +#. NSS configuration options +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 +#. PAM configuration options +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 +#. SUDO configuration options +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 +#. SSH configuration options +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "" #. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585 -msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201 -msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 +msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263 -msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 +msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" + +#. autofs may only start after sssd is started +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 +msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 +msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." +msgstr "" + +#. end Export +#. ################################################################ +#. ################################################################ +#. Summary() +#. returns html formated configuration summary +#. @return summary +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 +msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 +msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354 +msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357 +msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/auth-server.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/auth-server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/auth-server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -435,12 +435,12 @@ msgid "Configure Account for Replication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" msgstr "" @@ -466,8 +466,8 @@ msgid "Provider Details" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "" @@ -556,8 +556,8 @@ msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" msgstr "" @@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" msgstr "" @@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@ msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 msgid "Password Policy Settings" msgstr "" @@ -2420,237 +2420,237 @@ msgstr "" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 msgid "The error message was: '" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 msgid "Available Attribute Types" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" msgstr "" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 msgid "Entry DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849 msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904 msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 msgid "Subtree DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 msgid "Group DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 msgid "Target Objects" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 msgid "Matching the filter:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 msgid "LDAP Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 msgid "Who" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 msgid "Up" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 msgid "Down" msgstr "" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203 msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Target" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 msgid "" "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614 msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644 msgid "Replication Interval" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693 msgid "Custom update referral" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709 msgid "Target Host" msgstr "" #. no updateref -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929 msgid "Invalid replication interval specified" msgstr "" #. test connection -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007 msgid "Do you still want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144 msgid "Operations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 msgid "Session Log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137 msgid "Enable Session Log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271 msgid "Replication Settings" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/autoinst.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/autoinst.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/autoinst.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "" @@ -49,12 +49,12 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. We will have to set default entries which are defined -#. in the import call of ServicesManager +#. Import users configuration from the profile +#. #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 #: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" @@ -295,21 +295,23 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:303 +#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang. +#. bnc#937900 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:444 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -474,99 +476,111 @@ #. Uwe Gansert #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 msgid "Registration" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +msgid "Configure users and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 +msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "" -#. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 +#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a +#. network configuration is available. So this will be written +#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the +#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc +#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "" #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "" #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1472,7 +1486,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "" @@ -1482,7 +1496,7 @@ msgstr "" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "" @@ -1521,7 +1535,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 msgid "Signature Handling" msgstr "" @@ -2097,7 +2111,7 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "" @@ -2113,45 +2127,45 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "" @@ -2161,14 +2175,14 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" "configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" "<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2177,7 +2191,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 msgid "" "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2208,79 +2222,97 @@ #. string language_name = ""; #. string keyboard_name = ""; -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90 msgid "Confirm installation?" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 msgid "No" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96 msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104 msgid "Halting the machine after stage one" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113 msgid "Halting the machine after stage two" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120 msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130 msgid "Accepting unsigned files" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131 msgid "Not accepting unsigned files" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140 msgid "Accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141 msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150 msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 msgid "Not accepting failed verifications" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156 msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162 msgid "Importing new GPG keys" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163 msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys" msgstr "" +#. NTP syncing +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414 +msgid "Syncing time..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416 +msgid "Syncing time with %s." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420 +msgid "Time syncing failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424 +msgid "Cannot update system time." +msgstr "" + #. look for VGs to reuse -#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111 +#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." msgstr "" @@ -2360,7 +2392,7 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" @@ -2368,76 +2400,76 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "" #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "" #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "" #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625 msgid "Ok" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 msgid "" "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." @@ -2445,43 +2477,43 @@ #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "" #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "" @@ -2524,14 +2556,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "" #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "" @@ -2539,14 +2571,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "" #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/base.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/base.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/base.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "" @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "" @@ -422,14 +422,14 @@ #. button label #. Button that will continue with the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "" #. button label #. Button that will really abort the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "" @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -995,73 +995,6 @@ "F keys are not available.</p>" msgstr "" -#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: -#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? -#. For systemd compliant services, just do -#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") -#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but -#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) -#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is -#. written. -#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. -#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service -#. is not running, despite the real value. -#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. -#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. -#. :restart means the service will be restarted. -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 -msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 -msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. @return [YaST::Term] -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 -msgid "Service Status" -msgstr "" - -#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors -#. Content for the help -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133 -msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n" -"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159 -msgid "Current status:" -msgstr "" - -#. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172 -msgid "Start During System Boot" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196 -msgid "running" -msgstr "" - -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198 -msgid "Stop now" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203 -msgid "stopped" -msgstr "" - -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205 -msgid "Start now" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the filesystem path #: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 @@ -1258,7 +1191,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "" @@ -1281,7 +1214,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" @@ -1484,27 +1417,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "" #. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "" #. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "" #. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "" #. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1514,7 +1447,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. #. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1524,7 +1457,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1532,18 +1465,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "" #. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later #. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "" @@ -2524,47 +2457,47 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115 msgid "External Zone" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119 msgid "Internal Zone" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123 msgid "Demilitarized Zone" msgstr "" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246 msgid "TCP" msgstr "" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248 msgid "UDP" msgstr "" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250 msgid "RPC" msgstr "" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252 msgid "IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158 msgid "Unknown Zone" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" "Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" @@ -2575,80 +2508,80 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" "Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478 msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 msgid "Check for network devices" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488 msgid "Read current configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490 msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 msgid "Reading current configuration..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658 msgid "Adjust firewall service" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664 msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683 msgid "Writing settings failed" msgstr "" #. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476 msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" msgstr "" @@ -2738,50 +2671,49 @@ #. Returns service definition. #. See @services for the format. -#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception -#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception +#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk. #. -#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) +#. @param [String] service name #. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil #. when service is not found (default false) -#. @api private #. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the #. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function #. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound #. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service #. defined by package. #. #. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition +#. @param map of full service definition #. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) #. -#. @see #IsKnownService -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. @see #IsKnownService() +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage() #. #. @example #. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( #. "service:something", -#. { -#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" => [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], -#. } -#. ) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640 +#. $[ +#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" : [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], +#. ] +#. ); +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637 msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" msgstr "" #. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430 msgid "Service: %{filename}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503 msgid "Unknown service '%1'" msgstr "" @@ -2805,74 +2737,35 @@ msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77 -msgid "Checking file conflicts..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87 -msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132 -msgid "" -"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168 -msgid "" -"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" -"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" -"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173 -msgid "A File Conflict Detected" -msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" -msgstr[0] "" - -#. Convert one message to richtext -#. -#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 -msgid "This message will be available at %s" -msgstr "" - #. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- #. defaults #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "" @@ -2881,57 +2774,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575 msgid "" "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -2942,34 +2835,34 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590 msgid "Side A" msgstr "" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Side B" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" msgstr "" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -2978,7 +2871,7 @@ msgstr "" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -2988,83 +2881,83 @@ #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3072,99 +2965,99 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075 msgid "Package: " msgstr "" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516 msgid "Script: " msgstr "" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3174,64 +3067,64 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "" #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3242,27 +3135,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3270,20 +3163,20 @@ msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076 msgid "Size: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3347,12 +3240,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3360,34 +3253,34 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" msgstr "" #. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "" #. help text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173 msgid "" "<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" @@ -3399,7 +3292,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" @@ -3408,7 +3301,7 @@ "\t\t </p>" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3417,7 +3310,7 @@ "\t\t </p>" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3425,7 +3318,7 @@ "\t\t </p>" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" @@ -3438,124 +3331,124 @@ #. Dialog title #. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "" #. don't get all the way out - the user might just have #. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408 msgid "(more)" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533 msgid "Packages" msgstr "" #. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "" #. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658 msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660 msgid "Finish" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666 msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "" #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3873,85 +3766,85 @@ #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "" # name for NCL #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529 #, fuzzy msgid "Media" msgstr "Täze Kaledoniýa" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633 msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>" msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 msgid "&Details" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" msgstr "" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "" @@ -4548,16 +4441,6 @@ msgid "Bluetooth device" msgstr "" -#. Runs arguments without changed root. -#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs -#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed -#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 -msgid "" -"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" -"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" -"Error output: %{stderr}" -msgstr "" - #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name #: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 msgid "" @@ -4627,7 +4510,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -4635,7 +4518,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -5629,6 +5512,54 @@ "Hostname %2 cannot be added." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60 +msgid "Service Status" +msgstr "" + +#. Content for the help +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181 +msgid "Current status:" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194 +msgid "Start During System Boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208 +msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218 +msgid "running" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220 +msgid "Stop now" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225 +msgid "stopped" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227 +msgid "Start now" +msgstr "" + # name for PRT #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&Import" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/bootloader.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/bootloader.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/bootloader.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -27,147 +27,49 @@ #. command line help text for delete action #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section" +msgid "Delete a global option" msgstr "" #. command line help text for set action #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 -msgid "Set a global option or option of a section" +msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for add action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72 -msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode" -msgstr "" - #. command line help text for print action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75 msgid "Print value of specified option" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 -msgid "The name of the section" -msgstr "" - -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83 msgid "The key of the option" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 msgid "The value of the option" msgstr "" -#. command line error report, %1 is section name -#. command line error report, %1 is section name -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225 -msgid "Section %1 not found." -msgstr "" - #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152 msgid "Value was not specified." msgstr "" -#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name -#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239 -msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -msgstr "" - #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245 -msgid "Section name must be specified." +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174 +msgid "Option was not specified." msgstr "" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265 -msgid "Option was not specified." +#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180 +msgid "Value: %s" msgstr "" #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183 msgid "Specified option does not exist." msgstr "" -#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287 -msgid "Value: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52 -msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" -"For details, read the related chapter \n" -"in the documentation. \n" -msgstr "" - -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146 -msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" - -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "" - -#. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "" - -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 -msgid "Booting" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 -msgid "&Booting" -msgstr "" - -#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 -msgid "Disk Order" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 -msgid "Disk order settings" -msgstr "" - -#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68 -msgid "Boot Menu" -msgstr "" - -#. `VSpacing(1), -#. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 -msgid "Boot Loader Options" -msgstr "" - #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: #. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp @@ -239,17 +141,11 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n" -"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" "<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n" @@ -257,64 +153,55 @@ "to start this section.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>" +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 -msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 -msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" -"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -323,227 +210,160 @@ "To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 -msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Graphical &Menu File" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration -#. and installation -#. -#. Authors: -#. Jiri Srain -#. Joachim Plack -#. Olaf Dabrunz -#. Philipp Thomas -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68 -msgid "Choose new graphical menu file" -msgstr "" - -#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))), -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129 -msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals" -msgstr "" - #. Validate function of a popup #. @param [String] key any widget key #. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation #. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79 +msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" +msgstr "" + #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "" -#. Common widget of a console -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 -msgid "Use &serial console" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 -msgid "&Console arguments" -msgstr "" - -#. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 -msgid "&Device" -msgstr "" - -#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534 -msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543 -msgid "D&isks" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555 -msgid "&Up" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556 -msgid "&Down" -msgstr "" - #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222 msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235 +msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819 -msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 -msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" -msgstr "" - #. Title in tab #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 +#. Window title +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149 +msgid "Boot Loader Options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -562,54 +382,34 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33 msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30 msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 -msgid "D&istributor" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 -msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgstr "" @@ -618,30 +418,20 @@ #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels #. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) #. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) -#. combo box item -#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels -#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels -#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) -#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523 msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537 msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." msgstr "" #. item of a combo box -#. item of a combo box #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540 msgid "Text Mode" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541 msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "" @@ -662,223 +452,70 @@ #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" -#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292 +msgid "Use &serial console" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299 +msgid "&Console arguments" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." msgstr "" #. file open popup caption -#. file open popup caption -#. file open popup caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 msgid "Select File" msgstr "" #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "" #. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142 msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." msgstr "" -#. heading -#. heading -#. heading -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325 -msgid "Kernel Section" -msgstr "" - -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636 -msgid "Section Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721 -msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management" -msgstr "" - -#. heading -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585 -msgid "Xen Section" -msgstr "" - -#. heading -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591 -msgid "Menu Section" -msgstr "" - -#. heading -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593 -msgid "Dump Section" -msgstr "" - -#. label -#. label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628 -msgid "Other System Section" -msgstr "" - -#. combobox label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803 -msgid "&Filename" -msgstr "" - -#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811 -msgid "Filename: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. multiline edit header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828 -msgid "Fi&le Contents" -msgstr "" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836 -msgid "Expert Manual Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. sections list widget -#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections -#. @param [Array Object>}] sects list of current sections -#. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116 -msgid "Image" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134 -msgid "Xen" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -msgid "Floppy" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154 -msgid "Menu" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161 -msgid "Dump" -msgstr "" - -#. table header, Def stands for default -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255 -msgid "Def." -msgstr "" - -#. table header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 -msgid "Label" -msgstr "" - -#. table header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "" - -#. table header; header for section details, either -#. the specification of the kernel image to load, -#. or the specification of device to boot from -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263 -msgid "Image / Device" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271 -msgid "Set as De&fault" -msgstr "" - #. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109 msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138 msgid "" "\n" "If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" @@ -887,106 +524,64 @@ "Proceed?\n" msgstr "" -#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377 -msgid "" -"\n" -"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n" -"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n" -"\n" -"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n" -"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n" -"\n" -"Select a course of action:\n" +#. menu button entry +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175 +msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" msgstr "" -#. radiobutton #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182 msgid "&Propose New Configuration" msgstr "" -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406 -msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415 -msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423 -msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433 -msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514 -msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections." -msgstr "" - -#. pushbutton -#. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586 -msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" -msgstr "" - #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189 msgid "&Start from Scratch" msgstr "" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197 msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" msgstr "" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214 msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222 msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" msgstr "" +#. menu button +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "" + #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254 msgid "MBR restored successfully." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 msgid "Failed to restore MBR." msgstr "" #. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280 msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." msgstr "" -#. tab header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730 -msgid "&Section Management" +#. push button +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329 +msgid "Boot &Loader Options" msgstr "" -#. tab header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740 -msgid "Boot Loader &Installation" -msgstr "" - #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818 -msgid "Boot &Loader Options" +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342 +msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "" #. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress) @@ -1003,16 +598,9 @@ "Please wait...<br></p>" msgstr "" -#. help text, optional part of following +#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" -"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n" -"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus." -msgstr "" - -#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58 -msgid "" "<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n" "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" @@ -1020,28 +608,28 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n" "manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>" msgstr "" #. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n" "in the boot menu.</P>" msgstr "" #. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n" "selected section.</P>" msgstr "" #. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n" "section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" @@ -1052,7 +640,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n" "or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>" @@ -1061,14 +649,14 @@ #. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 #. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") #. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n" "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>" msgstr "" #. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n" "This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" @@ -1076,7 +664,7 @@ msgstr "" #. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>\n" "- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" @@ -1088,19 +676,8 @@ "to start &product;.</p>" msgstr "" -#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7 -#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n" -"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n" -"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n" -"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>" -msgstr "" - #. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<p>\n" "- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" @@ -1108,7 +685,7 @@ msgstr "" #. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" "limit that restricts booting to\n" @@ -1117,7 +694,7 @@ msgstr "" #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" @@ -1125,7 +702,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n" "To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" @@ -1133,7 +710,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n" "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" @@ -1141,7 +718,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n" "To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" @@ -1149,7 +726,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209 msgid "" "<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n" "Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n" @@ -1157,7 +734,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n" "Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" @@ -1165,14 +742,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n" "Select the type of the new section to create.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n" "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" @@ -1180,28 +757,28 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n" "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n" "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" @@ -1209,50 +786,40 @@ msgstr "" #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51 msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54 msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 msgid "Install the default boot loader" msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68 msgid "Boot loader" msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71 msgid "Boot Loader" msgstr "" -#. popup, %1 is bootloader name -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101 -msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk." -msgstr "" - -#. popup - continuing -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113 -msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive." -msgstr "" - #. popup message #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35 msgid "" @@ -1267,111 +834,42 @@ "All changes will be lost.\n" msgstr "" -#. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59 -msgid "Really delete section %1?" -msgstr "" - #. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." msgstr "" -#. message popup, %1 is sectino label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88 -msgid "" -"The disk settings have changed.\n" -"Check section %1 settings.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100 -msgid "" -"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n" -"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" -msgstr "" - #. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set #. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete #. sentence. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82 msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" msgstr "" -#. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128 -msgid "Do Not Create a File System" -msgstr "" - -#. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130 -msgid "Create an ext2 File System" -msgstr "" - -#. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136 -msgid "Create a FAT File System" -msgstr "" - -#. label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142 -msgid "" -"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n" -"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n" -"and confirm with OK.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150 -msgid "&Low Level Format" -msgstr "" - -#. combobox -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153 -msgid "&Create File System" -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182 -msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?" -msgstr "" - -#. error report -#. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207 -msgid "Creating file system failed." -msgstr "" - #. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90 msgid "" "The name selected is already used.\n" "Use a different one.\n" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101 msgid "" "An error occurred during boot loader\n" "installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" msgstr "" -#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241 -msgid "Unable to install the boot loader." -msgstr "" - #. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of #. 'date' command output -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -1385,505 +883,257 @@ msgstr "" #. PushButton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147 msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets -#. -#. Authors: -#. Josef Reidinger -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23 -msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>" +#. error report +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24 -msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>" +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27 -msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>" +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" -"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "D&isks" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 -msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>" +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "&Device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42 -msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 +msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45 -msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and +#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 +msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 -msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>" +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 +msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145 msgid "" -"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" -"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n" +"\n" +"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" +"For details, read the related chapter \n" +"in the documentation. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" -"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n" +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158 +msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57 -msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>" +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 +msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60 -msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>" +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 +msgid "&Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63 -msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>" +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64 -msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>" +#. error in the proposal +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 -msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68 -msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n" -"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n" -"Usually specified in global section</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n" -"Usually specified in global section</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n" -"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" -"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" -"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" -"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583 -msgid "Image Section" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96 -msgid "&Kernel Image" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97 -msgid "&Root Device" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100 -msgid "&Initial RAM Disk" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101 -msgid "Chainloader Section" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102 -msgid "Use Password Protection" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103 -msgid "&Other System" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104 -msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105 -msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106 -msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107 -msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109 -msgid "&Hypervisor" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110 -msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112 -msgid "&Partition of Menu File" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113 -msgid "&Menu Description File" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114 -msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115 -msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116 -msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117 -msgid "Op&tional Parameter File" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118 -msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119 -msgid "&Dump Device" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120 -msgid "&SCSI Dump Device" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122 -msgid "&List of Menu Entries" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123 -msgid "&Number of Default Entry" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124 -msgid "&Timeout in seconds" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125 -msgid "&Show boot menu" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126 -msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127 -msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128 -msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System" -msgstr "" - -#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58 -msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65 -msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82 -msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" -msgstr "" - -#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:""; -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227 -msgid "Enable &SELinux" -msgstr "" - -#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401 -msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533 -msgid "Ask for resolution during boot." -msgstr "" - -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573 -msgid "Clone Selected Section" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader') -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587 -msgid "Other System (Chainloader)" -msgstr "" - -#. frame -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609 -msgid "Section Type" -msgstr "" - -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668 -msgid "Section &Name" -msgstr "" - -#. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "" - #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#. -#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)" msgstr "" +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "" -#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO) #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" -#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 -msgid " (\"/boot\")" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 -msgid " (\"/\")" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" -#. section name "suffix" for default section -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768 -msgid " (default)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779 -msgid "Sections:<br>%1" -msgstr "" - -#. summary text -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788 -msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919 -msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" -msgstr "" - -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" #. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 -msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -msgstr "" - #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgstr "" + #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" -#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 -msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" -msgstr "" - #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/ca-management.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/ca-management.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/ca-management.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -1836,41 +1836,42 @@ #. Creating default CA/Certificate #. @return [Boolean] ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890 msgid "Creating certificate..." msgstr "" #. Creating server certificate #. Exporting to common server certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013 msgid "" "The default certificate can also be created in\n" "the CA Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50 msgid "Finish" msgstr "" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "" #. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64 msgid "Exit" msgstr "" #. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "" -#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 +#. Popup displaying openssl error messages +#. @return [void] +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88 msgid "Details" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/cio.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/cio.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/cio.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -41,11 +41,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "no" +msgid "yes" msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "yes" +msgid "no" msgstr "" #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/cluster.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/cluster.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/cluster.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "" @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "" @@ -202,169 +202,169 @@ msgstr "" #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Del" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "" @@ -455,96 +455,96 @@ msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/control-center.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/control-center.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/control-center.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/control.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/control.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/control.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -15,204 +15,238 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" -"<p>\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n" -"</p>\n" -"<p>\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"</p>\n" -" " +"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" +"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" +"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n" +"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n" +" " msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 -msgid "CIM Server" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +msgid "" +"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +"manage your computer.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" +"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +"is the most appropriate desktop for you." msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 -msgid "Installation Settings" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "GNOME Desktop" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 -msgid "Overview" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +msgid "KDE Desktop" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 -msgid "Expert" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +msgid "XFCE Desktop" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +msgid "LXDE Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +msgid "Minimal X Window" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +msgid "Installation Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -msgid "Add-On Products" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +msgid "Online Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +msgid "Add-On Products" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 msgid "Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -msgid "Update Summary" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 +msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 -msgid "Perform Update" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/country.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/country.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/country.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -735,56 +735,56 @@ "Enter the correct date.\n" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. button text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "" #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "" #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "" #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "&Region" msgstr "" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>" msgstr "" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n" @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr "" #. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n" @@ -802,12 +802,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/crowbar.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/crowbar.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/crowbar.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -20,9 +20,19 @@ msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "" +#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 +msgid "Common for All" +msgstr "" + #. target platform name +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 +msgid "SLES 11 SP3" +msgstr "" + +#. target platform name #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 -msgid "SLES 12 SP1" +msgid "SLES 12" msgstr "" #. combobox label @@ -34,11 +44,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" " to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "</p><p>\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n" +"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n" "<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-s...</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "</p><p>\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" @@ -157,132 +167,124 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 msgid "Ask On Error" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706 +#. frame label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715 msgid "Target Platform" msgstr "" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" - #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676 msgid "Server &URL" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 msgid "Repository Name" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701 msgid "&Ask On Error" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707 msgid "Repository &URL" msgstr "" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726 msgid "A&dd Repository" msgstr "" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792 -msgid "Local SMT Server" -msgstr "" - -#. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793 msgid "Remote SMT Server" msgstr "" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795 msgid "SUSE Manager Server" msgstr "" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 msgid "User Name" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 msgid "Repeat the Password" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900 msgid "User name cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 msgid "" "User '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" msgstr "" #. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 msgid "" "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -290,91 +292,91 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216 msgid "" "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194 msgid "" "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." msgstr "" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335 msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342 msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535 msgid "Bastion Network" msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 msgid "Net&works" msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "" #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 msgid "" "The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" @@ -383,7 +385,7 @@ msgstr "" #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" msgstr "" @@ -428,37 +430,37 @@ msgstr "" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153 msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "" #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/dhcp-server.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/dhcp-server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/dhcp-server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -56,7 +56,9 @@ msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option +#. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "" @@ -96,247 +98,242 @@ msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144 msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 msgid "Print current options" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197 msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245 msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247 msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address #. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312 msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327 msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337 msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "" #. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" #. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417 msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452 msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457 msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "" #. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "" -#. Restart only if it's already running -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 -msgid "Saving the configuration failed" -msgstr "" - #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. Initialize the widget #. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325 msgid "Class" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "&Host" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "&Group" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384 msgid "&Class" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "" @@ -361,152 +358,192 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119 msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145 msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155 msgid "Host Management" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213 msgid "Manually" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 +#. label - service status +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221 +msgid "DHCP server is running" +msgstr "" + +#. label - service status +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225 +msgid "DHCP server is not running" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229 +msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233 +msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241 +msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now" +msgstr "" + +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247 +msgid "Start DHCP Server Now" +msgstr "" + +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249 +msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now" +msgstr "" + +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251 +msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371 msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" msgstr "" #. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449 msgid "Selected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451 msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "" # name for VNM #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Wýetnam" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462 msgid "&Select" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464 msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" "One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." @@ -514,60 +551,60 @@ #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -575,48 +612,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -624,10 +661,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -635,61 +672,61 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -697,8 +734,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -706,135 +743,135 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -847,15 +884,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -867,7 +904,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" @@ -1080,7 +1117,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." msgstr "" @@ -1104,7 +1141,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "" @@ -1115,9 +1152,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "" @@ -1133,51 +1170,51 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name #. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556 msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570 msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" @@ -1185,80 +1222,80 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860 msgid "" "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 msgid "&Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923 msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930 msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945 msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "" @@ -1537,7 +1574,8 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" @@ -1555,9 +1593,17 @@ "is enabled.</p>" msgstr "" -#. help text 2/5 +#. help text 1/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" +"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n" +"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45 +msgid "" "<p>\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" "<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" @@ -1565,7 +1611,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" @@ -1573,7 +1619,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n" "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" @@ -1583,7 +1629,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n" "Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" @@ -1593,14 +1639,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" @@ -1608,7 +1654,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n" @@ -1617,7 +1663,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n" @@ -1626,7 +1672,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n" @@ -1635,14 +1681,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1652,14 +1698,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" @@ -1667,7 +1713,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" @@ -1677,7 +1723,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" @@ -1686,7 +1732,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" @@ -1695,7 +1741,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n" "Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" @@ -1704,21 +1750,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n" "Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n" "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>" @@ -1726,14 +1772,14 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" "leases IPs to clients.</p>" msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n" "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" @@ -1741,40 +1787,40 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>" msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization.</p>" msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>" msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>" msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>" msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n" "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" @@ -1783,7 +1829,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n" @@ -1794,7 +1840,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n" @@ -1802,14 +1848,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>" msgstr "" #. Help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" @@ -1817,14 +1863,14 @@ msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>" msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243 msgid "" "<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n" "<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n" @@ -1834,45 +1880,45 @@ msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 2/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269 msgid "" "<p>To add a network declaration,\n" "select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 3/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276 msgid "" "<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n" "(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 4/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285 msgid "" "<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n" "multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 5/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294 msgid "" "<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" "if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 6/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" @@ -1880,7 +1926,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 7/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314 msgid "" "<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n" "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" @@ -1890,23 +1936,23 @@ #. selection box #. selection box #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857 msgid "A&ddresses" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470 msgid "The entered address is not valid." msgstr "" #. message popup #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543 msgid "At least one address must be specified." msgstr "" @@ -1916,105 +1962,105 @@ #. @param [String] key string option key #. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819 msgid "&Values" msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563 msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583 msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." msgstr "" # name for OMN #. table item, means switched on #. table item, means switched on -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661 #, fuzzy msgid "On" msgstr "Oman" #. table item, means switched off #. table item, means switched off -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664 msgid "Off" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694 msgid "A value must be specified." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786 msgid "&New Address" msgstr "" # name for NCL #. int field -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "&New Value" msgstr "Täze Kaledoniýa" #. label (in role of help text) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861 msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864 msgid "&Add Address Pair" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "" #. label -- help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024 msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036 msgid "&Hardware Type" msgstr "" #. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, #. translation would decrease the understandability -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046 msgid "&MAC Address" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089 msgid "&Lowest IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091 msgid "&Highest IP Address" msgstr "" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "" "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355 msgid "" "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" "will not be able to serve your network.\n" @@ -2022,7 +2068,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383 msgid "" "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "%1\n" @@ -2030,7 +2076,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398 msgid "" "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." @@ -2038,195 +2084,206 @@ #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation." msgstr "" +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445 +msgid "Restart DHCP Server" +msgstr "" + +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450 +msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server" +msgstr "" + #. tree widget #. tree widget -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097 msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637 msgid "&Dynamic DNS" msgstr "" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "" -#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 -msgid "Apply Changes" +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060 +msgid "&Start DHCP Server" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 +#. menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114 msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138 msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164 msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172 msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180 msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190 msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290 msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296 msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2237,101 +2294,101 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" msgstr "" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "" @@ -2339,22 +2396,22 @@ #. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key #. Error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "" #. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/dns-server.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/dns-server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/dns-server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -420,8 +420,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "" @@ -556,8 +556,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "" @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ #. check box #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "" @@ -604,32 +604,32 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "" #. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419 msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "" #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459 msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "" #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471 msgid "Logging" msgstr "" @@ -637,8 +637,8 @@ #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #. multi selection box #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 msgid "ACLs" @@ -646,8 +646,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502 msgid "TSIG Keys" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/docker.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/docker.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/docker.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/drbd.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/drbd.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/drbd.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" msgstr "" @@ -224,11 +224,10 @@ "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n" "\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n" "\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n" @@ -254,11 +253,11 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" @@ -267,22 +266,20 @@ "\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n" "\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n" -"\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130 msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -292,7 +289,7 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n" " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" @@ -302,14 +299,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" @@ -318,7 +315,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -326,7 +323,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" @@ -334,14 +331,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" @@ -349,7 +346,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -358,7 +355,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -366,7 +363,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -374,110 +371,50 @@ msgstr "" #. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 -msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 -msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 -msgid "Use LVM metad" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 -msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." -msgstr "" - #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150 -msgid "Nodes" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153 -msgid "Add" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 -msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 -msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187 -msgid "Save" -msgstr "" - -#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329 +#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter +#. Ignore the removed disk +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" -#. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569 -msgid "OK" +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572 +msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "" -# name for FRA -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "France" -msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "Fransiýa" - -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584 -msgid "Node name can not be empty." -msgstr "" - -#. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716 -msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." -msgstr "" - -#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751 -msgid "Enter the node name:" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757 -msgid "Node name must be different." -msgstr "" - #. encoding: utf-8 #. Package: Configuration of heartbeat #. Authors: Martin Lazar @@ -579,81 +516,81 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -661,46 +598,46 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/fcoe-client.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/fcoe-client.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/fcoe-client.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/firewall-services.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/firewall-services.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/firewall-services.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/firewall.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/firewall.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/firewall.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/firstboot.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/firstboot.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/firstboot.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -110,11 +110,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Status" +msgid "Module Name" msgstr "" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Module Name" +msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. translators: dialog text Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/fonts.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/fonts.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/fonts.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -18,59 +18,59 @@ #. in case of changing profiles, please reflect #. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.* #. otherwise testsuite will fail -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58 msgid "Bitmap Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103 msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106 msgid "Black and White Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123 msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126 msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143 msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146 msgid "Default" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163 msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166 msgid "CFF Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206 msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209 msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226 msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 msgid "Subpixel Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254 msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/ftp-server.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/ftp-server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/ftp-server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/geo-cluster.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/geo-cluster.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/geo-cluster.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" @@ -114,17 +114,17 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" @@ -133,24 +133,24 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "Authentication" +msgid "Authentification" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Ca&ncel" msgstr "" #. return `cancel or a string #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "OK" msgstr "" @@ -159,185 +159,177 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 -msgid "Authentication file" +msgid "Authentification file" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 -msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." +msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 -msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 -msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 -msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Basic" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "retries" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "weights" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 msgid "expire" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288 msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296 msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "" -#. Validation check before switch to authentication -#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651 +#. Validation check before switch to authentification +#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "" #. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "" #. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "" #. Validation check before switch to basic #. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738 -msgid "Failed to create authentication file " +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733 +msgid "Failed to create authentification file " msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741 -msgid "Authentication file " +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736 +msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741 -msgid " created successfully." -msgstr "" - #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 -msgid "Authentication Configuration" +msgid "Authentification Configuration" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog contents Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/http-server.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/http-server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/http-server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/inetd.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/inetd.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/inetd.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -103,11 +103,11 @@ msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Status" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 msgid "Service" msgstr "" @@ -119,15 +119,15 @@ msgid "Prot." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Wait" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 msgid "User" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Server" msgstr "" @@ -144,12 +144,12 @@ msgstr "" #. determine wait mode (convert to string) -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 msgid "No" msgstr "" @@ -165,183 +165,183 @@ #. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: #. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process." msgstr "" #. if (true) { // for debugging #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgstr "" #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." msgstr "" #. This is main inetd module dialog. #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "&Activate All Services" msgstr "" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "&Deactivate All Services" msgstr "" #. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "D&isable" msgstr "" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Enab&le" msgstr "" #. Main dialog edit inetd.conf #. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Currently Available Services" msgstr "" # name for TCD #. `opt(`notify), #. `opt(`keepSorting), -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 #, fuzzy msgid "Ch" msgstr "Çad" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Type " msgstr "" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Server / Args" msgstr "" #. Translators: Add service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Add" msgstr "" #. Translators: Edit service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "" #. Translators: Delete service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "" #. Translators: Change service status -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Status for All &Services" msgstr "" #. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" msgstr "" #. execute dialog #. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Add a New Service Entry" msgstr "" #. Translators: Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." msgstr "" #. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); #. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Edit a service entry" msgstr "" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "" #. Translators: Popup::Warning -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n" "Internet super-server will be disabled." msgstr "" #. service name -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "&Service" msgstr "" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 msgid "RPC Versio&n" msgstr "" #. service status (running or stopped) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Service is acti&ve." msgstr "" #. service socket type -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Socket T&ype" msgstr "" #. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 msgid "&Wait" msgstr "" #. user and group ComboBoxes -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "&User" msgstr "" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "&Group" msgstr "" #. Server arguments -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "S&erver" msgstr "" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Server Argumen&ts" msgstr "" #. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Co&mment" msgstr "" @@ -355,26 +355,26 @@ #. It does not get the NIS entries. #. "+" is filtered out. #. @return [Array] groups -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 msgid "--default--" msgstr "" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "" "Service is empty.\n" "Enter valid values.\n" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." msgstr "" #. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." msgstr "" @@ -578,57 +578,57 @@ msgstr "" #. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 msgid "Read the Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "" #. read database -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276 -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. in future: catch errors -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "" #. "enabled" defaults to true -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>" msgstr "" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 msgid "Network services" msgstr "" #. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 msgid "Network services are managed via %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/installation.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/installation.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/installation.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: progress message #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -171,28 +171,28 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>" msgstr "" #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124 msgid "Confirm Update" msgstr "" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>" msgstr "" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130 msgid "" "\n" "<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139 msgid "Start &Update" msgstr "" @@ -239,7 +239,47 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43 +msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 +msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" +msgstr "" + +#. this is a heading +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "Clone System Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&Clone System Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (do not write it</a>)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (write it</a>)." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "" @@ -416,7 +456,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -443,26 +483,52 @@ "You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n" msgstr "" -#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language, -#. keyboard and accepting the license. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "" -#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) -#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first -#. exit codes (see "man curl"): -#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. -#. 28 = Operation timeout. -#. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +#. combo box label +#. combobox +#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 +msgid "&Language" msgstr "" +#. combo box label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79 +msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. bnc #359456 +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "" + +#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 +msgid "K&eyboard Test" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299 +msgid "License Agreement" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: button label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141 +msgid "License &Translations..." +msgstr "" + #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -472,7 +538,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -481,7 +547,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -489,7 +555,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -498,7 +564,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" @@ -506,48 +572,22 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415 -msgid "License Agreement" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "" -#. combo box label -#. combobox -#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 -msgid "&Language" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247 -msgid "&Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261 -msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." -msgstr "" - -#. Report error about missing license acceptance -#. !/usr/bin/env rspec -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287 -#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" -#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406 -msgid "K&eyboard Test" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436 -msgid "License &Translations..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -637,7 +677,7 @@ msgstr "" #. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "" @@ -646,8 +686,8 @@ #. twice more steps #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 msgid "Deploying Images..." @@ -655,34 +695,34 @@ #. BNC #444209 #. false == error -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 msgid "" "Deploying images has failed.\n" "Aborting the installation...\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" "YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" #. unknown image -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "" #. reset the label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "" @@ -708,34 +748,33 @@ msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "" -#. Finish -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 -msgid "Net&work Configuration..." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 +msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -754,7 +793,7 @@ #. bug #302384 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "" @@ -794,53 +833,53 @@ msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "" #. a fallback busy message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "" #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445 msgid " * %1" msgstr "" #. Anything else -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. get the latest errors -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "" @@ -865,27 +904,27 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193 msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" msgstr "" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>" msgstr "" #. help text for installation option -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" @@ -893,7 +932,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" @@ -901,7 +940,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1146,21 +1185,21 @@ msgstr "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1168,7 +1207,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1177,38 +1216,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184 -msgid "" -"A valid update could not be found at\n" -"%s.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Could not fetch update from\n" -"%s.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215 -msgid "" -"Downloading installer updates from \n" -"%s\n" -"failed.\n" -"\n" -"Would you like to check your network configuration?" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1260,8 +1273,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "" @@ -1463,7 +1476,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -1580,47 +1593,58 @@ msgstr "" #. question in a popup box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207 msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" msgstr "" #. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209 msgid "You will lose all changes." msgstr "" +#. while input loop +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 +msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want +#. to store profile after installation +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 +msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." +msgstr "" + #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "" #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1631,36 +1655,42 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "" +#. menu button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778 +msgid "&Export Configuration" +msgstr "" + #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 msgid "&Update" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 msgid "&Install" msgstr "" @@ -1688,7 +1718,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1698,7 +1728,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1707,7 +1737,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -1716,7 +1746,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -1725,7 +1755,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -1733,12 +1763,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457 msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 msgid "" "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>" @@ -1747,7 +1777,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -1761,16 +1791,6 @@ msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "" -#. skip forward or backward -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48 -msgid "System Role" -msgstr "" - -#. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82 -msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." -msgstr "" - #. Writes configuration #. #. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and @@ -1778,71 +1798,10 @@ #. #. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; #. otherwise it returns false. -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41 +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40 msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." msgstr "" -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" - -#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 -msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 -msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 -msgid "Mounting %1 failed." -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 -msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 -msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" -msgstr "" - -#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 -#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now -#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) -#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519 -msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 -msgid "File %1 cannot be found" -msgstr "" - -#. Device -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." -msgstr "" - -#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 -msgid "Unknown protocol %1." -msgstr "" - #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/instserver.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/instserver.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/instserver.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -61,37 +61,37 @@ msgstr "" #. %1 is the current cd number -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue." msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue." msgstr "" #. %2 is the product name and version -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2." msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242 msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2." msgstr "" #. popup request, %1 is CD medium name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "" "Insert\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. popup request, %1 is ISO name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310 msgid "Select %1" msgstr "" #. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n" "by the current repository.\n" @@ -100,97 +100,97 @@ msgstr "" #. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "This may take a while..." msgstr "" #. TODO: report more details (stderr) #. rename the directory -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341 msgid "Error while moving repository content." msgstr "" #. Instserver configuration dialog caption #. Instserver configuration dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162 msgid "Repository Configuration" msgstr "" #. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965 msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Data &Source" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Use &ISO Images" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988 msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371 msgid "Select &Directory" msgstr "" #. abort? #. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "" #. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215 msgid "Installation server name missing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "" "Contents already exist in this directory.\n" "Not copying CDs." msgstr "" #. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094 msgid "" "Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n" "Package CD, etc.) to the repository?" msgstr "" #. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Repository &Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175 msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223 msgid "Invalid repository name." msgstr "" #. an error message - entered repository name already exists -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists,\n" "enter another name." msgstr "" #. create directory only for a new repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 msgid "" "Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n" "Verify that the directory \n" @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ msgstr "" #. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263 msgid "" "Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n" "When adding a new repository with the same name\n" @@ -209,87 +209,87 @@ msgstr "" #. Instserver server dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368 msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399 msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451 msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing." msgstr "" #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478 msgid "Installation Server -- NFS" msgstr "" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498 msgid "&Options" msgstr "" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556 msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS." msgstr "" #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588 msgid "Installation Server -- FTP" msgstr "" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596 msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598 msgid "&Directory Alias:" msgstr "" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655 msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP." msgstr "" #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675 msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP" msgstr "" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691 msgid "&Directory Alias" msgstr "" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748 msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration." msgstr "" @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read service data using _auto -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306 msgid "" "The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" "will now be installed.\n" @@ -554,79 +554,79 @@ #. @param string directory #. @param [String] options #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569 msgid "" "Directory is already exported via NFS.\n" "Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n" msgstr "" #. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155 msgid "Initializing Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165 msgid "Read configuration file" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167 msgid "Search for a new repository" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171 msgid "Reading configuration file..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173 msgid "Searching for a new repository..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188 msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgstr "" #. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240 msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441 msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/iplb.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/iplb.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/iplb.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/iscsi-client.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/iscsi-client.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/iscsi-client.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 -msgid "Log Out" +msgid "Disconnect" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 @@ -125,9 +125,6 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Log In" -msgstr "" - #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "" @@ -215,8 +212,8 @@ #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" msgstr "" @@ -308,49 +305,42 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n" -"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n" +msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. Warning #. Warning -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" "fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n" +"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n" "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>." -msgstr "" - #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" msgstr "" @@ -365,12 +355,20 @@ "starts up.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 +msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target." +msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 +msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" msgstr "" @@ -421,24 +419,30 @@ msgstr "" #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428 +msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429 msgid "" -"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n" +"\n" "The correct syntax is\n" "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" "\n" "Example:\n" "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to use the name?\n" msgstr "" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -446,38 +450,38 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" # name for FRA -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916 #, fuzzy msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Fransiýa" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -566,7 +570,7 @@ msgstr "" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -574,7 +578,12 @@ "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" +#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013 +msgid "Target connection failed.\n" +msgstr "" + #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/iscsi-lio-server.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/iscsi-lio-server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/iscsi-lio-server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ #. third tab - targets / luns #. targets dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "" @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ # name for PRT #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Portugal" msgid "Portal group" @@ -98,63 +98,62 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 -msgid "Initiator" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 +msgid "Client" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 -msgid "LUN Mapping" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 +msgid "Lun Mapping" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Copy" msgstr "" #. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" @@ -162,8 +161,8 @@ # name for SUR #. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 @@ -172,91 +171,86 @@ msgid "Username" msgstr "Surinam" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 -msgid "TPG Status" -msgstr "" - # name for KEN #. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Kenya" msgid "Key" msgstr "Keniýa" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "" #. expert dialog #. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "" #. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "" -#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target -#. (includes authentication) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 -msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup" +#. discovery authentication dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507 +msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" msgstr "" #. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "" #. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "" @@ -376,24 +370,19 @@ #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" -" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n" -" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" -" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 -msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 +msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>" msgstr "" #. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n" "To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>." @@ -401,12 +390,12 @@ #. edit target #. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -415,19 +404,19 @@ "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -436,11 +425,11 @@ "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" "If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional." @@ -463,7 +452,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251 -msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" +msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260 @@ -491,7 +480,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 -msgid "Initiator LUN" +msgid "Client Lun" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 @@ -511,7 +500,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619 -msgid "Initiator name:" +msgid "Client name:" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622 @@ -520,21 +509,21 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 -msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" +msgid "Client name must not be empty!" msgstr "" #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. +#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 -msgid "Initiator name already exists!" +msgid "Client name already exists!" msgstr "" -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 -msgid "New initiator name:" +msgid "New client name:" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 @@ -548,99 +537,93 @@ msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Fransiýa" -#. create items from targets -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785 -msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403 -msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "" - #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 msgid "None" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 msgid "" -"There isn't any initiator specified.\n" -"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" +"There isn't any client specified.\n" +"To allow a client login to the target, please\n" "use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" "(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" -"Really want to continue without initiator access?" +"Really want to continue without client access?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466 -msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464 +msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481 -msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479 +msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502 -msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500 +msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526 -msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524 +msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561 -msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559 +msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -654,11 +637,11 @@ msgstr "" #. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/isns.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/isns.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/isns.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/journal.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/journal.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/journal.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/kdump.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/kdump.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/kdump.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -362,8 +362,10 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. start kdump at boot #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -1094,163 +1096,148 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "" -#. Function validates options in -#. "Dump Format" -#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 -msgid "" -"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" -"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" -"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n" -"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 -msgid "Kdump not supported" -msgstr "" - #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/languages_db.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/languages_db.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/languages_db.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/ldap-client.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/ldap-client.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/ldap-client.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/ldap.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/ldap.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/ldap.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/live-installer.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/live-installer.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/live-installer.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -36,27 +36,27 @@ #. #. Progress::NextStage (); #. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy...")); -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 msgid "Copying live image..." msgstr "" #. Copy all the symlinks as needed #. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154 msgid "Copying %1..." msgstr "" #. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222 msgid "" "Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n" "\n" @@ -66,60 +66,78 @@ msgstr "" #. generic error report -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250 msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47 msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgstr "" #. partitioning summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111 msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120 msgid "Do not use disk %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "" #. end of partitioning summary +#. bootloader summary +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "System start-up" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150 +msgid "Boot only Linux" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158 +msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" +msgstr "" + +#. end of bootloader summary #. keyboard entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "" #. end of keyboard entry #. timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" #. end of timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187 msgid "Change Installation Settings" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To change the values, click the respective headline\n" @@ -127,7 +145,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n" @@ -214,7 +232,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75 +#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/mail.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/mail.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/mail.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/multipath.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/multipath.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/multipath.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/network.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/network.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/network.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ #. Command line output Headline #. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:114 +#: src/clients/host.rb:123 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "" @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ #. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) #. we'll keep values from installation #. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108 +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "" @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:480 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -701,13 +701,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1367 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@ #. Table header label #. Table header label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" msgstr "" @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 msgid "&Edit" @@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 msgid "De&lete" @@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1315 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1128,7 +1128,7 @@ #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:816 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "" @@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325 #: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ msgstr "" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1197,13 +1197,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "" #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1214,20 +1214,20 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1100 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1107 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1115 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "" #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1245,60 +1245,60 @@ #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1195 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177 msgid "&General" msgstr "" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1215 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1225 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>" msgstr "" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1295 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277 msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1301 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1308 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1322 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1406 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n" "<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1308,12 +1308,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86 +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" "Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" @@ -1625,12 +1625,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:485 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "" @@ -1639,7 +1639,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:517 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "" @@ -2438,7 +2438,7 @@ #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:379 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -2680,47 +2680,47 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:561 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." msgstr "" #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:572 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:579 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:599 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:610 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "" #. Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:622 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939 msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "" #. error #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:630 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "" #. warning only #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636 msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -2728,20 +2728,20 @@ #. Wireless expert dialog caption #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:695 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:776 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775 msgid "Wireless Expert Settings" msgstr "" #. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697 msgid "" "<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n" "(rarely needed).</p>" msgstr "" #. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701 msgid "" "<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n" @@ -2750,21 +2750,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708 msgid "" "<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" "<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>" msgstr "" #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712 msgid "" "<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n" "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>" msgstr "" #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716 msgid "" "<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n" "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" @@ -2773,57 +2773,57 @@ #. Combobox item #. Combobox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:745 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:767 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:782 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781 msgid "&Channel" msgstr "" #. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:785 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784 msgid "B&it Rate" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:791 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 msgid "&Access Point" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798 msgid "Use &Power Management" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807 msgid "AP ScanMode" msgstr "" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897 msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901 msgid "&Key" msgstr "" #. Translators: popup title -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 msgid "Help" msgstr "" #. Wireless keys dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974 msgid "Wireless Keys" msgstr "" #. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977 msgid "" "<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" "to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" @@ -2833,7 +2833,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985 msgid "" "<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" "Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n" @@ -2843,99 +2843,99 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010 msgid "WEP Keys" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016 msgid "&Key Length" msgstr "" #. Table header label #. Abbreviation of Number -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024 msgid "No." msgstr "" # name for KEN #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "Key" msgstr "Keniýa" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 msgid "Default" msgstr "" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038 msgid "&Set as Default" msgstr "" #. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1213 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210 msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "" #. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255 msgid "" "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283 msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" "or the client certificate." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329 msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "" #. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1354 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351 msgid "Any" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1358 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355 msgid "MD5" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1360 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 msgid "GTC" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1362 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1364 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 msgid "PAP" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1366 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1370 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1393 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "" @@ -2976,12 +2976,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -2989,61 +2989,111 @@ "Try again?\n" msgstr "" -#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list. -#. -#. This list is used when selecting <ol> -#. <li> detected unconfigured cards, -#. there we want to see the link status </li> -#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there -#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li> -#. </ol> -#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion -#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first) -#. @return a list of items -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195 +#. Table field (Unknown device) +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" +#. Popup headline +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279 +msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup headline +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284 +msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup headline +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286 +msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup headline +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 +msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup headline +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup headline +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup headline +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup headline +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup headline +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup headline +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 +msgid "Configure mail now?" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326 +msgid "Run configuration of %1?" +msgstr "" + #. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service #. #. see bnc#433084 #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:807 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:867 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:871 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:875 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:879 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:884 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:391 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3115,8 +3165,8 @@ #. Frame label #. dialog caption #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "" @@ -3142,28 +3192,28 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "" #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately #. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -3195,27 +3245,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118 msgid "Current Hosts" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130 msgid "Hostnames" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:344 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:407 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3254,42 +3304,42 @@ #. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry #. @param [Array] devs available devices #. @return route or nil, if canceled -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161 msgid "&Destination" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:172 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167 msgid "Ge&nmask" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:182 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175 msgid "&Gateway" msgstr "" # name for VNM -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:191 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "De&vice" msgstr "Wýetnam" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:252 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240 msgid "Destination is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:260 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248 msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:268 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256 msgid "Subnetmask is invalid." msgstr "" #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:426 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3517,7 +3567,7 @@ msgstr "" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:783 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "" @@ -3608,7 +3658,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:533 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "" @@ -3631,7 +3681,7 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:621 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -3643,435 +3693,442 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" #. Check if there is anything to do -#: src/modules/Host.rb:165 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:138 msgid "Update /etc/hosts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Host.rb:167 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:140 msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration" msgstr "" #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#: src/modules/Host.rb:172 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:145 msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." msgstr "" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "" #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:333 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:363 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:386 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:399 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:437 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 src/modules/Remote.rb:197 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:546 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:571 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:584 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:592 src/modules/Remote.rb:211 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639 msgid "No network running" msgstr "" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:755 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:762 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:769 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:775 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:777 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193 msgid "connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:200 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" # name for VNM #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Wýetnam" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1391 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1405 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" #. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before #. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243 msgid "" "Package %{package} is not installed\n" "firewall settings will be disabled." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:204 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:216 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "" #. Enable xinetd #. Enable XDM -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:246 src/modules/Remote.rb:254 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "" #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377 msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" @@ -4079,30 +4136,30 @@ msgstr "" #. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263 msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "" @@ -4111,22 +4168,22 @@ #. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, #. so we let our caller do it together with other things #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281 msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434 msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/nfs.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/nfs.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/nfs.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/nfs_server.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/nfs_server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/nfs_server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -71,27 +71,27 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -155,63 +155,55 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -219,25 +211,25 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others.</P>" msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -245,51 +237,51 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -297,82 +289,77 @@ msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.</P>\n" msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>" msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>" -msgstr "" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -380,83 +367,71 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "" #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321 -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328 -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "" - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349 -msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it." +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 +msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" msgstr "" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/nis.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/nis.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/nis.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/nis_server.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/nis_server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/nis_server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/ntp-client.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/ntp-client.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/ntp-client.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -71,25 +71,25 @@ msgstr "" #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" #. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "" #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/oneclickinstall.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/oneclickinstall.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/oneclickinstall.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/online-update-configuration.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/online-update-configuration.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/online-update-configuration.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/online-update.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/online-update.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/online-update.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/opensuse_mirror.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/opensuse_mirror.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/opensuse_mirror.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/packager.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/packager.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/packager.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -168,8 +168,8 @@ #. force minimum width #. table header - name of the repo #. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "" @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>" msgstr "" @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ #. re-initialize package information #. force reinitialization -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744 +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "" @@ -463,8 +463,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -495,80 +495,95 @@ # name for PRT #. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "&Priority" msgstr "Portugaliýa" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "" #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 msgid "Default" msgstr "" #. unkown name (alias) of the source #. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, #. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "" #. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables +#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 +msgid "Raw URL: %s" +msgstr "" + #. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "" #. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 msgid "All repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 msgid "All services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only +#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also +#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE +#. within product subscription. +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 +msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 msgid "View" msgstr "" # name for PRT #. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 #, fuzzy msgid "Priority" msgstr "Portugaliýa" @@ -576,7 +591,7 @@ #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" @@ -585,98 +600,98 @@ #. keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? #. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 msgid "Service" msgstr "" #. table header - URL of the repo #. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "" #. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "" #. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "" #. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "" #. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 msgid "Properties" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "" #. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" @@ -686,7 +701,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n" @@ -695,7 +710,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n" @@ -708,7 +723,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" @@ -718,31 +733,31 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n" "Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n" msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>" msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" "reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" msgstr "" #. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" "configuration." @@ -750,7 +765,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -758,79 +773,79 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." msgstr "" #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "" #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -839,7 +854,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -943,20 +958,20 @@ msgstr "" #. start the repository manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 msgid "" "Cannot search packages in online repositories\n" "without having package %1 installed" msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 msgid "" "The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1259,42 +1274,42 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 msgid "Repository" msgstr "" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1306,7 +1321,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1314,19 +1329,19 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1339,19 +1354,19 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." @@ -1359,58 +1374,58 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -1910,7 +1925,7 @@ #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "" @@ -1975,7 +1990,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" @@ -2043,7 +2058,7 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:919 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" @@ -2064,46 +2079,46 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:461 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:559 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>" @@ -2113,23 +2128,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:746 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1886 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 msgid "" "<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2138,42 +2153,42 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:829 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841 msgid "" "<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n" "Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2181,17 +2196,17 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1040 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2201,20 +2216,20 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1296 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370 msgid "&File System" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1297 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309 msgid "" "<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2227,7 +2242,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386 msgid "" "<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2235,11 +2250,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2251,12 +2266,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2264,73 +2279,73 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "" # name for PRT -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1600 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607 #, fuzzy msgid "&Port" msgstr "Portugaliýa" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 msgid "&Share" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1618 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1736 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2345,7 +2360,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 msgid "" "<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n" @@ -2354,12 +2369,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1992 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999 msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2367,7 +2382,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n" @@ -2375,7 +2390,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2385,7 +2400,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2394,25 +2409,25 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2171 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2190 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" -#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393 +#. use three slashes as third slash means path +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403 msgid "" "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2422,19 +2437,19 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2637 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "" #. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration #. #. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2668 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678 msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/pam.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/pam.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/pam.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/pkg-bindings.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/pkg-bindings.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/pkg-bindings.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -43,12 +43,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:658 +#: src/Package.cc:655 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:664 +#: src/Package.cc:661 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/printer.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/printer.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/printer.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098 #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 @@ -204,8 +204,8 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 msgid "Description" msgstr "" @@ -434,8 +434,8 @@ #. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog #. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected #. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "" @@ -2540,56 +2540,56 @@ #. Authors: Johannes Meixner #. #. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46 msgid "Show" msgstr "" #. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52 msgid "&Local" msgstr "" #. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59 msgid "&Remote" msgstr "" #. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Print queue name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 msgid "Location" msgstr "" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Whether or not is is the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 msgid "Default" msgstr "" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107 msgid "Re&fresh List" msgstr "" #. PushButton label to print a test page: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112 msgid "Print &Test Page" msgstr "" @@ -2599,7 +2599,7 @@ #. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. #. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 msgid "" "A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" @@ -2612,7 +2612,7 @@ #. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). #. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed #. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" @@ -2627,74 +2627,74 @@ #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182 msgid "" "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "" #. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "" #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "" @@ -2705,21 +2705,21 @@ #. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module #. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident #. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." msgstr "" @@ -2727,13 +2727,13 @@ #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697 #, fuzzy msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "Sent Lýusiýa" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -2742,25 +2742,25 @@ #. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "" @@ -2768,7 +2768,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "" @@ -2787,28 +2787,28 @@ #. + (Printed with CUPS) show #. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage #. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "" @@ -2816,25 +2816,25 @@ #. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) #. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label #. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "" @@ -2854,53 +2854,53 @@ #. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "" #. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "" #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." msgstr "" #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/product-creator.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/product-creator.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/product-creator.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/proxy.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/proxy.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/proxy.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/rdp.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/rdp.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/rdp.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/rear.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/rear.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/rear.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -231,11 +231,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Reading rear settings" +msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Analyzing system" +msgid "Reading rear settings" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/registration.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/registration.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/registration.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ #. dialog title #. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration #. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 @@ -68,30 +68,30 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "" #. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" #. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system #. @param url [String] URL of the certificate -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:283 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:316 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" @@ -229,17 +229,28 @@ msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -255,39 +266,39 @@ #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:173 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 msgid "Registration failed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:188 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been #. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, #. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -297,23 +308,23 @@ msgstr "" #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:230 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:251 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -321,24 +332,6 @@ "protocol is installed at the server." msgstr "" -#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:282 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 -msgid "Invalid URL." -msgstr "" - -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286 -msgid "" -"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" -"Do you want to configure the network now?" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 -msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." -msgstr "" - #. progress step title #: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." @@ -367,7 +360,7 @@ #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:269 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" @@ -376,14 +369,14 @@ #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name #. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:148 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:353 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:165 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 msgid "Synchronizing Products..." msgstr "" @@ -393,34 +386,34 @@ #. @return [ArrayRegistration::Addon] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:179 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:193 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:210 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:214 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -428,7 +421,7 @@ #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -459,7 +452,7 @@ #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:293 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" @@ -480,12 +473,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:280 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -675,7 +668,7 @@ #. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:140 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "" @@ -702,7 +695,7 @@ #. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -774,12 +767,12 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -792,7 +785,7 @@ #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" "User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" @@ -803,7 +796,7 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206 msgid "" "If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" "installation has completed." @@ -811,8 +804,8 @@ #. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:225 -msgid "Net&work Configuration..." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218 +msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "" #. SSL error message @@ -860,6 +853,11 @@ msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>" msgstr "" +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + #. input field label #: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106 msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" @@ -1063,11 +1061,11 @@ msgstr "" #. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/reipl.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/reipl.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/reipl.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/relocation-server.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/relocation-server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/relocation-server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/samba-client.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/samba-client.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/samba-client.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -787,86 +787,86 @@ msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 msgid "PAM Login" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "Use Kerberos" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Default Realm" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 msgid "Default Domain" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 msgid "KDC Server Address" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 msgid "Clock Skew" msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "" #. summary text (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1" msgstr "" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "" #. summary line -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" msgstr "" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 msgid "" "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 msgid "" "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/samba-server.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/samba-server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/samba-server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" -"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" +"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" msgstr "" #. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/samba-users.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/samba-users.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/samba-users.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/scanner.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/scanner.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/scanner.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/security.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/security.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/security.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -115,247 +115,280 @@ #. Authors: Michal Svec #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "" #. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "Configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Status" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318 msgid "Help" msgstr "" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361 msgid " or " msgstr "" #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427 msgid "&Description" msgstr "" #. update the current value -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "" #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "" #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "Checks" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." msgstr "" #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." msgstr "" #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904 msgid "Login" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...<br></p>" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...<br></p>" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -#. Main dialog help 1/8 +#. Boot dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" +"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n" +"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n" +"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Main dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" "<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n" "<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" " booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" @@ -364,33 +397,33 @@ msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 msgid "" "<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n" "to any type of network including the Internet.</p>" msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks.</p>" msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n" "any type of service.</p>" msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98 msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>" msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n" "<p>These login settings\n" @@ -398,7 +431,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n" "It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" @@ -407,7 +440,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" @@ -416,7 +449,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n" "to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" @@ -424,14 +457,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>These password settings\n" "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>" msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n" "cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" @@ -439,7 +472,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" @@ -449,7 +482,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n" "Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" @@ -457,12 +490,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5a/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150 msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>" msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5b/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" "but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" @@ -470,26 +503,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5c/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>" msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5d/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>" msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n" "maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>" msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n" "number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" @@ -497,35 +530,35 @@ msgstr "" #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n" "<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>" msgstr "" #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>" msgstr "" #. Adduser dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>" msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 1/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n" "<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>" msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 2/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n" "of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" @@ -543,7 +576,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n" "once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" @@ -553,7 +586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 10/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216 msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" @@ -562,7 +595,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 11/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n" "system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" @@ -571,7 +604,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 12/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" @@ -582,21 +615,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 13/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239 msgid "" "<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" "path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>" msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243 msgid "" "<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>" msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n" "will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" @@ -604,26 +637,26 @@ msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>" msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>" msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>" msgstr "" #. an error message (rich text) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "" "<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" @@ -635,7 +668,7 @@ "logins, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 msgid "" "<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" "computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" @@ -643,23 +676,23 @@ "correct log messages.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 msgid "" "<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" "to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" @@ -671,13 +704,13 @@ "Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 msgid "" "<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" "itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 msgid "" "<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" @@ -689,7 +722,7 @@ "reason to do so.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 msgid "" "<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" @@ -701,86 +734,38 @@ "reason to do so.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342 msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 -msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is -#. reboot) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 -msgid "" -"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" -"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" -"workstation and server." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 -msgid "" -"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" -"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" -"workstation and server." -msgstr "" - -#. Boot dialog help 2/4 -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n" -"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" -"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" -"combination. %s</p>" -msgstr "" - -#. Boot dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n" -"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Boot dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n" -msgstr "" - #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 msgid "Workstation" @@ -838,236 +823,163 @@ "maximum." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp -#. * Module: Security configuration -#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions -#. * Authors: Michal Svec -#. * -#. * $Id$ -#. * -#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the -#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called -#. * WIDGETS. -#. -#. <pre> -#. -#. The WIDGETS format: -#. ------------------- -#. -#. map WIDGETS = $[ -#. "Item unique ID" : $[ -#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", -#. "Label" : "Item Label", -#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], -#. "Value" : "option2" -#. ], -#. ... -#. ]; -#. -#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". -#. -#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the -#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For -#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. -#. -#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". -#. -#. Implementation: -#. --------------- -#. -#. map2widget("ID") -#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map -#. - create the widget -#. -#. widget2value("ID") -#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) -#. - return its current value -#. -#. updatewidget("ID") -#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" -#. - updates the WIDGETS map -#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] -#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) -#. -#. processinput() -#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) -#. -#. </pre> -#. -#. * -#. @return [Hash] all widgets -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100 +msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" +msgstr "" + +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109 msgid "Halt" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 -msgid "Only root" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 -msgid "All Users" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 -msgid "Nobody" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 -msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" -msgstr "" - #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125 msgid "Disable" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154 +msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" +msgstr "" + +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159 +msgid "Only root" +msgstr "" + +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161 +msgid "All Users" +msgstr "" + +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163 +msgid "Nobody" +msgstr "" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243 msgid "Easy" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245 msgid "Secure" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "" -#. ComboBox label -#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, -#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 -msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:" -msgstr "" - #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "" @@ -1083,61 +995,61 @@ msgstr "" #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:654 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:669 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:673 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:675 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:677 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:679 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:681 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:791 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:795 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/services-manager.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/services-manager.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/services-manager.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/slp-server.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/slp-server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/slp-server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/snapper.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/snapper.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/snapper.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -15,268 +15,297 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#. The main () -#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/snapper.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of snapper +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel +#. +#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of system snapshots" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "User data" msgstr "" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" -#. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 -msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" +#. popup label, %{num} is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "" -#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 -msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" +#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 -msgid "Pre (%1)" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 -msgid "Post (%1)" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165 +msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 -msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "" +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357 +msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" +msgstr "" + #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" # name for SGP #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Singapore" msgid "Single" msgstr "Singapur" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 msgid "ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "End Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "User Data" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 -msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 -msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962 +msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 -msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967 +msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "&Open" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -287,7 +316,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -297,17 +326,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 -msgid "No file was selected for restoring" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187 +msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200 msgid "" "<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n" "<p>\n" @@ -318,37 +347,37 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help: -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n" "<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" "of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n" -"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n" +"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Show snapshot dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" @@ -359,115 +388,91 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" -#. popup error -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91 -msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." +#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots +#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 +msgid "Failed to get config:\n" msgstr "" -#. Initialize snapper agent -#. Return true on success -#. Delete existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#. Modify existing snapshot -#. Return true on success +#. Return the path to given snapshot +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 +msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" +msgstr "" + #. Create new snapshot #. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303 -msgid "Reason not known." +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 +msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238 -msgid "Configuration not found." +#. Modify existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 +msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240 -msgid "Configuration is not valid." -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247 -msgid "" -"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" -"%1" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266 -msgid "Snapshot was not found." -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Failed to delete snapshot:\n" -"%1" -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289 -msgid "" -"Failed to modify snapshot:\n" -"%1" -msgstr "" - +#. Delete existing snapshot +#. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 -msgid "Wrong snapshot type given." +msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308 -msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given." +#. Snapper read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 +msgid "Initializing Snapper" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310 -msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found." +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 +msgid "Read list of configurations" msgstr "" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Failed to create new snapshot:\n" -"%1" -msgstr "" - -#. Snapper read dialog caption +#. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 -msgid "Initializing Snapper" +msgid "Read list of snapshots" msgstr "" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337 -msgid "Read the list of snapshots" +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 +msgid "Reading list of configurations" msgstr "" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341 -msgid "Reading the database..." +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 +msgid "Reading list of snapshots" msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 +msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 msgid "" "No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" "configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" "tool can be used to create configurations." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 +msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:" +msgstr "" + #. label for log window -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 msgid "Restoring Files..." msgstr "" #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "" #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/sound.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/sound.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/sound.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/squid.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/squid.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/squid.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/sshd.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/sshd.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/sshd.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/storage.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/storage.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/storage.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -145,11 +145,7 @@ msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 -msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -767,7 +763,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6250 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -785,7 +781,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -795,7 +791,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -805,7 +801,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -815,7 +811,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -826,7 +822,7 @@ #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" @@ -836,7 +832,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -849,7 +845,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -859,7 +855,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -871,7 +867,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -882,7 +878,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -894,11 +890,11 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" -"%s\n" +"\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" @@ -996,53 +992,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1051,7 +1047,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1061,7 +1057,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1071,7 +1067,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1086,13 +1082,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1119,7 +1115,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "" @@ -1130,7 +1126,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "" @@ -1150,7 +1146,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1159,7 +1155,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1458,7 +1454,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1473,17 +1469,17 @@ msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1515,7 +1511,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "<p>\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1528,7 +1524,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1541,7 +1537,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1563,7 +1559,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1722,7 +1718,7 @@ msgstr "" #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -1737,12 +1733,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1750,26 +1746,26 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" @@ -2170,47 +2166,40 @@ msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>" msgstr "" -# name for USA #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 -#, fuzzy -msgid "EFI Boot Partition" -msgstr "Birleşen Ştatlar" - -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Swap" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "" #. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Role" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type.</p>" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2218,54 +2207,54 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>" msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2274,17 +2263,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2294,7 +2283,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2303,56 +2292,56 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -2360,8 +2349,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2373,33 +2362,33 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>" msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2409,7 +2398,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2418,12 +2407,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "" @@ -2610,116 +2599,111 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "" # name for NOR #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Norway" msgid "Forward" msgstr "Norwegiýa" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Backward" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 -msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." -msgstr "" - -#. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "" #. popup text #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "" #. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "" @@ -2727,51 +2711,51 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527 msgid "" "<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -2781,50 +2765,50 @@ "partitions will be deleted.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" "Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3060,50 +3044,50 @@ msgstr "" #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" "RAID device will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "" #. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. now delete partition!! #. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "" #. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3112,7 +3096,7 @@ # name for USA #. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. #. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340 #, fuzzy msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "Birleşen Ştatlar" @@ -3122,32 +3106,32 @@ #. or the end of the disk if #. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one #. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443 #, fuzzy msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "Birleşen Ştatlar" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482 msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -3245,12 +3229,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "" @@ -3545,12 +3529,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "" @@ -3584,9 +3568,9 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "" @@ -3596,14 +3580,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3944,17 +3928,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -4219,7 +4203,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "" @@ -4944,51 +4928,38 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936 -msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 +msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 msgid "" "\n" -"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" -"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n" -"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n" -"\n" -"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" -"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n" -"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953 -msgid "" -"\n" -"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" +"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" "partition table.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 msgid "" "\n" -"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" +"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" "compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n" "partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n" +"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n" "format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n" "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4998,7 +4969,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5012,7 +4983,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -5025,7 +4996,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5034,7 +5005,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5042,7 +5013,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5051,24 +5022,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5076,12 +5047,12 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5089,97 +5060,97 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" #. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does #. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5187,7 +5158,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5195,7 +5166,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5203,18 +5174,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5803,39 +5774,48 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4579 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5702 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 +msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194 +msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6217 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6264 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6292 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 msgid "" -"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n" -"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n" -"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>" +"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" +"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "" "<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -5844,48 +5824,35 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318 msgid "" "<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 msgid "" "<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6363 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Password:" msgstr "" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6374 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6572 -msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6574 -msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6576 -msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" -msgstr "" - #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. #. Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/support.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/support.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/support.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -32,52 +32,52 @@ msgstr "" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" msgstr "" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Open" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Collect Data" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Create report tarball" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Upload Data" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Upload" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "" "YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" "running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" @@ -85,183 +85,184 @@ "Start Web browser?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" msgstr "" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Save as" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Directory to Save" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "Package with log files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "" #. } -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Cannot write settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" msgstr "" #. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" msgstr "" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" msgstr "" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 msgid "Activates all support functions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #. Support overview dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" msgstr "" #. FIXME table header -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 msgid "Default Options" msgstr "" #. Support configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" msgstr "" #. Support configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Company" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Phone Number" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Terminal ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "GPG UID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Upload Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Progress" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 +#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Collected Data Review" msgstr "" #. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 msgid "File Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Remove from Data" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/sysconfig.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/sysconfig.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/sysconfig.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/tftp-server.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/tftp-server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/tftp-server.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/timezone_db.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/timezone_db.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/timezone_db.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/tune.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/tune.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/tune.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/update.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/update.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/update.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/users.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/users.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/users.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -124,6 +124,539 @@ msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." msgstr "" +#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method" +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137 +msgid "User Authentication Method" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n" +"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext 2/3 +#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164 +msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 +msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +msgstr "" + +#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 +msgid "&LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#. radiobutton to select nis user auth. +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143 +msgid "N&IS" +msgstr "" + +#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. +#. menubutton label +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 +msgid "&Samba" +msgstr "" + +#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147 +msgid "&Windows Domain" +msgstr "" + +#. radiobutton to select local user auth. +#. radiobutton label +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85 +msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" +msgstr "" + +#. radiobutton to select local user auth. +#. authentication type +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48 +msgid "eDirectory LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 +msgid "" +"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" +"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 +msgid "" +"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" +"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 +msgid "" +"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" +"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" +"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 +msgid "" +"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" +"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext: additional kerberos support +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. check box label +#. check box label +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102 +msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107 +msgid "&Choose" +msgstr "" + +#. frame title for authentication methods +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136 +msgid "Authentication Method" +msgstr "" + +#. check box label +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303 +msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#. selection box label +#. selection box label +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507 +msgid "&Select Users to Read" +msgstr "" + +#. check box label +#. check box label +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515 +msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgstr "" + +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57 +msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" +msgstr "" + +#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 +msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." +msgstr "" + +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Label: get password for user root +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73 +msgid "&Password for root User" +msgstr "" + +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81 +msgid "Con&firm Password" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86 +msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119 +msgid "E&xpert Options..." +msgstr "" + +#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 +#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" +"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" +"every system and is called into action whenever\n" +"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" +"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 2/5 +#. help text, continued 2/5 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"reenter it in a second field.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 3/5 +#. help text, continued 3/5 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" +"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 5/5 +#. help text, continued 5/5 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. additional help text about password +#. additional help text about password +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145 +msgid "" +"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 +msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. report misspellings of the password +#. report misspellings of the password +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two user password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 +msgid "" +"The passwords do not match.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" + +#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. report if user forgot to enter a password +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error popup +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749 +msgid "" +"No password entered.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number +#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224 +msgid "" +"If you intend to create certificates,\n" +"the password should have at least %1 characters." +msgstr "" + +#. last part of message popup +#. last part of message popup +#. last part of message popup +#. last part of message popup +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 +msgid "Really use this password?" +msgstr "" + +#. Error msg (yes/no) +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301 +msgid "" +"The root password could not be set.\n" +"You might not be able to log in.\n" +"Try setting it again?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation) +#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144 +msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label (%1 is package to install) +#. popup label (%1 is package to install) +#. popup label (%1 is package to install) +#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 +msgid "" +"Package %1 is not installed.\n" +"Install it now?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 +msgid "DES" +msgstr "" + +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 +msgid "MD5" +msgstr "" + +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 +msgid "SHA-256" +msgstr "" + +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 +msgid "SHA-512" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143 +msgid "Password Encryption Type" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button label: password encryption type +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +msgid "&DES" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button label: password encryption type +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +msgid "&MD5" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button label: password encryption type +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +msgid "SHA-&256" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button label: password encryption type +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +msgid "SHA-&512" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 +msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Help text for password expert dialog +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 +msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Help text for password expert dialog +#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +msgid "User's &Full Name" +msgstr "" + +#. input field for login name +#. input field for login name +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261 +msgid "&Automatic Login" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283 +msgid "Create New User" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup headline +#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the +#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +msgid "Empty User Login" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup contents +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +msgid "" +"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" +"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" +"Leave it empty?" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for main add user dialog +#. alternative help text 1/7 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n" +"assign to this user account.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for main add user dialog +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers +#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +" %2 and %3 characters.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. additional help text about password +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 +msgid "" +"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for main add user dialog +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for main add user dialog +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for main add user dialog +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for main add user dialog +#. these are used only during installation time +#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for main add user dialog +#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well +#. as password encryption (see fate 302980) +#. @return true if user accepted expert settings +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573 +msgid "Expert Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. summary label +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625 +msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." +msgstr "" + +#. summary label +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628 +msgid "The password encryption method is %s." +msgstr "" + +#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635 +msgid "User %s will be imported." +msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." +msgstr[0] "" + +#. pushbutton label +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650 +msgid "&Change..." +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709 +msgid "" +"If you intend to create certificates,\n" +"the password should have at least %s characters." +msgstr "" + #. translators: command line help text for Users module #: src/clients/users.rb:102 msgid "User configuration module" @@ -245,6 +778,11 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "" +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63 +msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." +msgstr "" + #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -485,6 +1023,93 @@ msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" +#. authentication type +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 +msgid "LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#. authentication type +#. richtext label +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 +msgid "NIS" +msgstr "" + +#. authentication type +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)" +msgstr "" + +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69 +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74 +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" +msgstr "" + +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81 +msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" +msgstr "" + +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93 +msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102 +msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos." +msgstr "" + +#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated) +#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import" +msgstr "" + +#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported." +msgstr "" + +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is login name +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" +msgstr "" + +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is full name, %4 login name +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" +msgstr "" + +#. summary line +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156 +msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. rich text label +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170 +msgid "User Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175 +msgid "&Root Password" +msgstr "" + #. password entering label #: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 msgid "LDAP Server Password:" @@ -636,22 +1261,6 @@ "enter the user's current password." msgstr "" -#. The two user password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#. report misspellings of the password -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470 -msgid "" -"The passwords do not match.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" - #. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -674,13 +1283,6 @@ msgid "&Change directory owner" msgstr "" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:582 -msgid "User's &Full Name" -msgstr "" - # name for VNM #. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 @@ -698,30 +1300,11 @@ msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." msgstr "" -#. input field for login name -#. input field for login name -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:589 -msgid "&Username" -msgstr "" - #. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 -msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 msgid "A&utomatic Login" msgstr "" -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:613 -msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" -msgstr "" - #. check box label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "D&isable User Login" @@ -889,30 +1472,6 @@ msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "" -#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the -#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 -msgid "Empty User Login" -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup contents -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 -msgid "" -"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" -"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" -"Leave it empty?" -msgstr "" - -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:482 -msgid "Really use this password?" -msgstr "" - #. popup question #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 msgid "Change home directory to %1?" @@ -1001,20 +1560,6 @@ msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "" -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 -#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51 -msgid "DES" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53 -msgid "MD5" -msgstr "" - #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 msgid "" @@ -1024,24 +1569,6 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" -#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" -" %2 and %3 characters.\n" -"</p>" -msgstr "" - -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" - #. Help text 0/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 msgid "" @@ -1160,15 +1687,6 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" -#. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n" -"assign to this user account.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" - #. help text 2/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 msgid "" @@ -1194,21 +1712,6 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" -#. these are used only during installation time -#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n" -msgstr "" - #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>" @@ -1823,9 +2326,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the type of user set -#. New user is the default option #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "" @@ -1901,11 +2402,6 @@ msgstr "" #. richtext label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 -msgid "NIS" -msgstr "" - -#. richtext label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 msgid "SSSD" msgstr "" @@ -1925,11 +2421,6 @@ msgid "&SSSD" msgstr "" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 -msgid "&Samba" -msgstr "" - #. tab header #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 msgid "&Users" @@ -2045,11 +2536,6 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" -#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" -msgstr "" - #. Label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 msgid "Password Encryption" @@ -2060,26 +2546,6 @@ msgid "Encryption Type" msgstr "" -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 -msgid "&DES" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 -msgid "&MD5" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 -msgid "SHA-&256" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 -msgid "SHA-&512" -msgstr "" - #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 msgid "" @@ -2337,12 +2803,6 @@ #. type of user/group #. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 -msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" - -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 msgid "System" msgstr "" @@ -2618,13 +3078,6 @@ msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation." msgstr "" -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 -msgid "" -"Package %1 is not installed.\n" -"Install it now?\n" -msgstr "" - #. dialog caption #: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 msgid "User and Group Administration" @@ -2642,344 +3095,6 @@ msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" -#. List of errors found for a given password -#. -#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user -#. -#. @param passwd [String] password to check -#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or -#. validation is disabled -#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %s characters." -msgstr "" - -#. Localized help text about CA constraints -#. -#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled -#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 -msgid "" -"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title -#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 -msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 -msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 -msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget -#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72 -#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63 -msgid "Password Encryption Type" -msgstr "" - -#. advise users to remember their new password -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70 -msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." -msgstr "" - -#. Label: get password for user root -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76 -msgid "&Password for root User" -msgstr "" - -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84 -msgid "Con&firm Password" -msgstr "" - -#. text entry label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89 -msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "" - -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" -"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" -"every system and is called into action whenever\n" -"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" -"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 2 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" -"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"reenter it in a second field.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 3 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" -"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 4 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" -"</p>" -msgstr "" - -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148 -msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" -msgstr "" - -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 -msgid "" -"No password entered.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" - -#. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" -"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137 -msgid "Create new user" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"The password length should be between %{min}\n" -" and %{max} characters.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" -"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171 -msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:182 -msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" -"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" -"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" -"be imported.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191 -msgid "Skip User Creation" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" -"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" -"a local user.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274 -msgid "Local User" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329 -msgid "" -"The new username cannot be blank.\n" -"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" -"'Skip User Creation'." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386 -msgid "" -"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" -"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" -"'Skip User Creation'." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513 -msgid "&Create New User" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:536 -msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:546 -msgid "Choose Users" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:562 -msgid "&Skip User Creation" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:618 -msgid "&Automatic Login" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:625 -msgid "No users selected" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:627 -msgid "%d user will be imported" -msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" -msgstr[0] "" - -#. selection box label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58 -msgid "&Select Users to Read" -msgstr "" - -#. check box label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66 -msgid "Select or Deselect &All" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55 -msgid "SHA-256" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57 -msgid "SHA-512" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method -#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 -msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 -msgid "Password &Encryption Type" -msgstr "" - -#. rich text label -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78 -msgid "&User" -msgstr "" - -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80 -msgid "&Root Password" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92 -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95 -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" -msgstr "" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104 -msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 -msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported" -msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported" -msgstr[0] "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is login name -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is full name, %4 login name -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 -msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" -msgstr "" - #. User name for user: "root" #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 msgid "root" @@ -3421,7 +3536,7 @@ #. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), #. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), -#: src/modules/Users.pm:716 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:740 msgid "" "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" "%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n" @@ -3433,202 +3548,202 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:964 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:988 msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions." msgstr "" #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1542 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566 msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1549 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 msgid "Read the default login settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 msgid "Read the default system settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1553 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 msgid "Read the configuration type" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 msgid "Read the user custom settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 msgid "Read users and groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583 msgid "Build the cache structures" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587 msgid "Reading the default login settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589 msgid "Reading the default system settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1567 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591 msgid "Reading the configuration type..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593 msgid "Reading custom settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595 msgid "Reading users and groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597 msgid "Building the cache structures..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 src/modules/Users.pm:4290 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2131 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155 msgid "User does not exist." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2383 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407 msgid "Group does not exist." msgstr "" #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4252 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276 msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4261 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285 msgid "Write LDAP users and groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4263 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287 msgid "Write groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4265 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289 msgid "Check for deleted users" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291 msgid "Write users" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293 msgid "Write passwords" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295 msgid "Write the custom settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297 msgid "Write the default login settings" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300 msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4278 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302 msgid "Writing groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304 msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306 msgid "Writing users..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308 msgid "Writing passwords..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310 msgid "Writing the custom settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312 msgid "Writing the default login settings..." msgstr "" #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4373 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4409 src/modules/Users.pm:4444 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4720 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744 msgid "An error occurred while removing users." msgstr "" #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4422 src/modules/Users.pm:4570 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4559 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 msgid "" "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4837 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4868 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -3636,14 +3751,14 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4899 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923 msgid "" "The user ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" msgstr "" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4912 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not from a range\n" @@ -3652,7 +3767,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4927 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -3661,7 +3776,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4941 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -3669,14 +3784,14 @@ "Really change the user type to 'system'?" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4975 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999 msgid "" "\n" "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4979 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username. %1\n" @@ -3684,14 +3799,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5009 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" "contain a colon (:). Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5016 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" "of up to three sections separated by commas.\n" @@ -3699,7 +3814,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5079 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103 msgid "" "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" "a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" @@ -3707,7 +3822,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5102 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126 #, perl-format msgid "" "The directory %s is not writable.\n" @@ -3715,14 +3830,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5113 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137 msgid "" "The home directory is used by another user.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5155 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 msgid "" "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" "but it is not a directory.\n" @@ -3730,7 +3845,7 @@ msgstr "" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5166 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190 msgid "" "The home directory selected already exists.\n" "Use it and change its owner?" @@ -3738,7 +3853,7 @@ #. chown is not needed (#25200) #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5173 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected home directory (%s)\n" @@ -3747,7 +3862,7 @@ msgstr "" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5182 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206 #, perl-format msgid "" "The home directory selected (%s)\n" @@ -3757,19 +3872,19 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5210 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5230 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254 msgid "No GID is available for this type of group." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5263 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -3777,14 +3892,14 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5293 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317 msgid "" "The group ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" msgstr "" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5305 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not from a range\n" @@ -3793,7 +3908,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5320 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -3802,7 +3917,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5334 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -3811,14 +3926,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5353 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377 msgid "" "No group name entered.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5370 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394 #, perl-format msgid "" "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -3826,7 +3941,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5383 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407 msgid "" "The group name may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -3835,20 +3950,20 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5391 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "group name and an existing group name.\n" "Try another one." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5507 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "" #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5561 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -3856,7 +3971,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5568 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -3864,22 +3979,22 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6581 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6591 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6602 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6604 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" @@ -3897,21 +4012,21 @@ msgstr "" #. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122 msgid "Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133 msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups" msgstr "" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136 msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260 msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local." msgstr "" @@ -4028,7 +4143,7 @@ #. the ']' is or-ed... #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" @@ -4036,7 +4151,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text (default part shown in more places) -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 msgid "" "<p>\n" "For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" @@ -4046,7 +4161,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620 msgid "" "The user's full name cannot contain\n" "\":\" or \",\" characters.\n" @@ -4054,37 +4169,37 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647 msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650 msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659 msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667 msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674 msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682 msgid "You have used only digits for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n" @@ -4092,7 +4207,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too simple:\n" @@ -4100,20 +4215,20 @@ msgstr "" #. popup error, %i is number -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805 #, perl-format msgid "The password should have at least %i characters." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826 msgid "" "No username entered.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836 #, perl-format msgid "" "The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4121,7 +4236,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865 msgid "" "The username may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -4130,20 +4245,22 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username.\n" "Try another one." msgstr "" +#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294 msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..." msgstr "" +#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308 msgid "Releasing %1 extension..." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/vm.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/vm.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/vm.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -40,151 +40,151 @@ #. progress stage 1/2 #. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214 msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218 msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222 msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226 msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "" #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "" #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506 msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" msgstr "" @@ -197,26 +197,26 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/vpn.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/vpn.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/vpn.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n" @@ -202,12 +202,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "" #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "" @@ -288,102 +288,102 @@ msgstr "" #. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." msgstr "" #. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 msgid "Name" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "" #. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395 msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 msgid "Type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 msgid "Client" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "" @@ -468,32 +468,32 @@ msgstr "" #. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "" #. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180 msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "" #. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "" #. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234 msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" "SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" @@ -501,28 +501,28 @@ msgstr "" #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 -msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281 +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "" #. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "" #. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/yast2-apparmor.tk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/yast2-apparmor.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:31:59 UTC (rev 96142) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/tk/po/yast2-apparmor.tk.po 2016-08-04 12:32:03 UTC (rev 96143) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-221 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Turkmen \n" "Language-Team: turkmen \n"